AsmeB16.5 Farsi

‫‪A-PDF Watermark DEMO: Purchase from www.A-PDF.
com to remove the watermark‬‬
‫‪ASME B 16.5-2009‬‬
‫‪ASME B 16.5 -2003‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬

‫‪ NPS‬ﺗﺎ ‪NPS 24‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ‪ /‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻤﺮﺩﻱ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ‪30:‬ژﻭﺋﻦ ‪2009‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺎپ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 2010‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺒﺤﺚ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ‪ ، 1ASME‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺸـﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺏ ﺳـﺎﻳﺖ ‪ ASME‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮﺻـﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺘـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ‬
‫‪ http://cstoos.asme.org‬ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻬﺮﺳـﺖ ﺍﺷـﺘﺒﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻭﻳـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﻳﻴـﺪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺏ ﺳـﺎﻳﺖ ‪ ASME‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳـﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ‪ http://cstools.asme.org‬ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ASME‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣـﻪ ﻳـﺎ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺤـﺖ ﻋﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﺷـﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺴـﻮﺏ ﺑـﻪ ﺭﻭﺷـﻬﺎﻱ ﺑـﺮﺍﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺋـﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣـﻪ ﻳـﺎ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤـﺎﻳﻼﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻀـﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳـﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ‪،‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ، ASME‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ »ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ«‪» ،‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ« ﻳﺎ »ﺣﻤﺎﻳـﺖ«‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ASME‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻧﺤﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﻬﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ American Society of Mechanical Engineers‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﺤﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺎً ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺤﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﻌﻬﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁژﺍﻧﺲ ﻓﺪﺭﺍﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﺩ )ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ( ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻋـﻼﻡ ﭘﺸـﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ASME‬ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ ﺷـﻴﻮﻩ ﻫـﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳـﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ASME‬ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺟـﺎﺯﻩ ﻛﺘﺒـﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺷـﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﻫـﻴﭻ ﺻـﻮﺭﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴـﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺯﻳـﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻒ ‪NY 100165990‬‬
‫ﻛﭙﻲ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ © ‪ 2009‬ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪B16‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ – ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ‪ 5m‬ﺗﺎ ‪22mm‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ t‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪22mm‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺻﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ‪ASME‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻱ ﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪101‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ)ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺐ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪150‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺳﻲ ‪150‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺳﻲ ‪150‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪400‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺳﻲ ‪400‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪600‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪900‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫‪ I‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫‪ II‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ‪،600 ،400 ،300 ،150‬‬
‫‪ 1500 ،900‬ﻭ ‪ 2500‬ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻭ ‪ 300‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ A‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ B‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪ C‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫‪ D‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ E‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 1500 ،900 ،600 ،400‬ﻭ ‪ 2500‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳــﺎﻝ ‪ ،1902‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘــﻪ ﺍﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳــﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜــﺎ ]ﺑﻌــﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻬــﺎﻱ ﺍﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ)‪ ، [( 2ASA‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪ B16‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺳـﻌﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ‬
‫‪1F‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ)ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ( ﻳﻜﺴـﺎﻥ ﺳـﺎﺯﺩ‪ ،ASME .‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻲ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ]ﺍﻛﻨـﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﻤـﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜـﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴـﻚ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜـﺎ )‪،[( 3MCAA‬‬
‫‪2F‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ) ‪(4MSS‬ﺑﺎﻧﻴـﺎﻥ ﻣﺸـﺘﺮﻙ ﻛﻤﻴﺘـﻪ ‪B16‬‬
‫‪3F‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺑﻴﺮﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﻴـﺪ ﻛـﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣـﺎﻩ ﻣـﻲ ﺳـﺎﻝ ‪،1923‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ ،3‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ‪ 250-psi‬ﺗﺎ ‪- psi‬‬
‫‪ 3200‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺒﺮ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ ‪ 1926‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘـﺖ ﺁﻣﻴـﺰ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ ‪ 3‬ﺳـﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﭙﺎﻧﺴـﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‪ B16 ،‬ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺩﺭ ژﻭﺋﻦ ‪ 1927‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍ ﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﻳﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 250-1b‬ﻭ ‪ 1350-1b‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼـﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻔﺘﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ASA B16 E -1932‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪American standards Associations ٢‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬

‫‪Mechanical Controctors Association of America ٣‬‬
‫‪Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valves & Fittings Industry ٤‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ 1936‬ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪.‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 1939‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ )ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ 1937‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 1500-1 b‬ﺩﺭ ﮔﺴـﺘﺮﻩ ‪ 14in‬ﺗـﺎ ‪ ،24in‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻱ ‪ 2500-1 b‬ﻭ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ 12in‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﻠﻘـﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ‪in‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺩﻣـﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺁﻟﻴـﺎژ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ 4‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﮔﻮﺳﺖ ‪ 1942‬ﻫﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺭﭘﺮﻭﺩ ﺍﻛﺸﻦ ‪ 5‬ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺻـﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟـﺰﺍ‬
‫‪F4‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪ B16‬ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺟﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ – ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﻨﮓ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟـﺎﺕ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﻨﮓ ‪ B16 e5 -1943‬ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ ، 1945‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋـﻲ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ 1939‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 1943‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻـﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﮔـﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ﻣـﺘﻤﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ B16 – 1939‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ASA B16 e6 -1949‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸـﺎﺭ ﻳﺎﻓـﺖ‪ .‬ﻣـﺘﻤﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟـﺪﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺿـﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻳـﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻓﻠـﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺘﻤﻢ ‪ 1949‬ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﮔﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﻚ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻧـﻮﺁﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬
‫‪WaR Production Board ٥‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ ASA‬ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸـﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ASA B16 .5-1953‬ﺷﺪ‪) .‬ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ‪ B16e‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺑﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ B‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ A‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺯﺭﻭﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﺭﻭﻩ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿـﻴﺢ ﻣـﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺿـﺎﻓﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺟﻮﺷـﻲ ﮔﺴـﺘﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ B16,5 -1957‬ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺗﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ B16,5 -1961‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻫـﺪﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷـﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺑـﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻌـﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻝ ‪ 1963‬ﺑـﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒـﺎً ‪ 100‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳـﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺷـﻔﺎﻑ ﺗـﺮ ﺷـﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺿـﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟـﺪﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ‪ 1968‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪ 4‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻌـﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ 4‬ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻱ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ ( 1501b)150‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺷﻴﺮ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺟﻮﺷـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷـﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳـﺒﺎﺕ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﭘـﻴﭻ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺖ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻛـﻪ‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ‪ SC15‬ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺴﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ‪23‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ANSI B16,5 -1973‬ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ،1973‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻋـﻲ ‪) N‬ﺳـﺎﺑﻘﺎً ‪– (15‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪) C‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً ‪ (3‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ ‪ ASME‬ﺑـﻪ ﺍﺻـﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﭼﺸـﻤﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺒﻨـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻧﺰﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻌـﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻋﻤـﻮﻡ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺠـﺮ ﺷـﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩﺭﮔﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ N‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ ﻣﮕـﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ %10‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻧﻬـﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪A NSI B16,5 -1977 ،ANSI‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺘﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ‪ 16‬ژﻭﺋﻦ ‪ 1977‬ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1979‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﮕﺮﻱ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ﻧﻴﻜـﻞ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷـﺶ ﺩﻫـﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﭽـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻓـﺮﺍﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪ 14‬ﺁﮔﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ANSI B 16,5 -1984 ،‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﻳـﻪ ﻧﻬـﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻋﻄـﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ،1982‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪ B16‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪ ASME‬ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺷـﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺴﺐ ﺑﻪ ‪ ANSI‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ‪1988‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻴـﺎژ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻜﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺟﺰﺋـﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺪﻧﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ‪ ASME‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ‪ANSI‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ 7‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ ‪ ،1988‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ASME/ANSI 16,5 – 1988‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻋﻄﺎ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ‪ 1996‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻣـﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺸـﺎﻧﻪ ﮔـﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠـﻒ ﻣـﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻴﻔـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓـﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑـﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌـﺪﺩ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓـﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ‪ 1996‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ASME B16,5 -1996‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ‪ ANSI‬ﺩﺭ ‪ 3‬ﺍﻛﺘﺒـﺮ ‪ 1996‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ‪ 2003‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺣﻔـﻆ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳـﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﻧﺘﺰﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﻴﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺧـﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻳـﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﺋـﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣـﻪ ﺩﻳـﮓ ﺑﺨـﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ،ASME‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ، II‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ D‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ‪ F‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﺗـﺎ ‪ 2500‬ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒـﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 150‬ﻭ ‪ 300‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺷـﻜﻠﻬﺎﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ‪ F‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ F‬ﭘﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺴـﺨﻪ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ‪ F‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻭ ‪ 300‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑـﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿـﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﺍﺯ ‪ C‬ﺑـﻪ ‪ tf‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮ ﻳﺎﻓـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸـﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ )‪ 2/0 (0/06in‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪150‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ 300‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ ﻛـﻼﺱ ‪ 400‬ﻭ ﺑـﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬
‫‪ ASME‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ‪ G‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻼﺳـﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 150‬ﺗـﺎ ‪ 2500‬ﺩﺭﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻨﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪ ،ASME‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 9‬ﺟﻮﻻﻱ ‪ 2003‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻋﻄﺎ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ‪ 2009‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺿـﻤﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋـﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻣﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ‪ ، ASME‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 19‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‪ 2003 ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻋﻄﺎ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻫـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻳـﻮﺭﻙ‪NY10016-5490 ،‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺛﺮﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ، B16‬ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪ASME B16‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﺒﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﺪﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ‪W.B.Bedesem ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ‪M.L.Nayyar ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ‪U.D.Urso‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﻚ‪M.L.Henderson,‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻮﺳﺮﻭ‪G.A.Jolly,‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﻨﺰ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﻝ ‪M.Katcher,‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﻝ ‪W.N.Mcleam,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻴﺸﺮ‪T.A.MCMahon,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﭽﻞ ‪M.L.Nayyar,‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ‪J.D.Page,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﻭ‪W.H.Patrick,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻛﻨﻲ ﻟﻮﻳﺜﺮ‪R.A.Schmidt,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻮﻳﻞ ‪H.R.Somderegger,‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻜﺴﻴﺘﺎﻟﻴﺖ‪W.M.Stephan,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺳﺎﻭﺗﺮﻥ ‪D.A.Williams,‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﭘﺮﺍﻳﺰ‪R.W.Bawnes‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﻛﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺑﻴﻞ ‪W.B.Bedesem,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﺭﺕ ‪D.F.Buccicone,‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺳﺘﺎﻟﻮﻳﺸﻞ‪A.M.Chata,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻴﭙﻜﻮ‪M.Clark,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﻮﻝ‪G.A.Cuccio,‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺮﻥ ‪C.E.Davila,‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ‪U.D.Urso,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮﻟﺮ‪C.E.Floren,‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﭽﺖ‪D.R.Frikken,‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ‪R.P.Gviffiths,‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ -C‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺎﭘﻴﻚ ‪M.L.Henderson,‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﻭچ‪C.L.Henley,‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ‪C.E.Davila,‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‪A.P.Maslowsli,‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ ‪R.E.Johnson‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻧﻴﺰﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﻝ‪M.Katcher,‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﻝ ‪W.N.Mclean,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﭽﻞ ‪M.L.Nayyar,‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﻭ‪W.H.Patrick,‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﮔﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ‪WFI T.V.Ramakrishnam,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺎﻛﻨﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺮ ‪R.A.Schmidt,‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮﺳﺮﻭ‪J.P.Tucker,‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﺎﻛﻮﺑﺰ‪ -‬ﻫﻮﺳﺘﻮﻥ‪M.M.Zaidi‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ﺯﻧﮓ ﮔﺰﻥ‪A.App;eton,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻛﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺑﻴﻞ‪W.B.Bedesem,‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﻮ ﻭﻳﺰﺍﻧﻴﺘﺮﭘﺮﺍﻳﺰ‪W.J.Brikholz,‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺳﺘﺎﻟﻮﺷﻴﻞ‪A.M.Cheta,‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻱ ﻛﺮﻛﺎﺋﻮ‪B.Dennis,‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮ ﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﻝ‪J.P.Ellenberger,‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﭻ ‪D.R.Frikken,‬‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪B16‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ASME‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻋﻼﻳﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛـﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣـﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺘـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺒـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬
‫ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ‪NY10016 -5990 ،‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺛﺮﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ‪B16‬ﻣﻨﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺑـﻪ ‪ secretaryB16@asme.org‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋـﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻧﮕﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺯﻧﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﻴﻜـﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﻨﺪ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛـﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫـﺎ ﺛﺎﺑـﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )ﻫﺎﻱ (ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍژﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﻃﺮﺡ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪ B16‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻛـﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺿـﻴﺤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋـﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺸـﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺘـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ B16‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺑﻬﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )ﻫﺎﻱ (ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻬـﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴـﺖ ﻳـﺎ ﻃﺮﺣـﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻـﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳـﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺮﺣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺳـﻮﺍﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﺤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺳﺨﮕﻮﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﺷـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ASME‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤـﺎﻻً ﺑـﺮ ﺗﻮﺿـﻴﺢ ﺍﺛـﺮ ﻣـﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧـﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌـﻼﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺻـﻴﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﺁﺯﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﮔـﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺘـﻪ ﻳـﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﺘـﻪ ﻓﺮﻋـﻲ ‪ASME‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻨﺎﻑ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ASME .‬ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ »ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ«‪» ،‬ﺗﻀـﻤﻴﻦ«‬
‫»ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ« ﻳﺎ »ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ« ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ‪ B16‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﻣﻨﺸـﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺘـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ‪ B16‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ NPS‬ﺗﺎ ‪ NPS24‬ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ‪ /‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﻮﺯﻩ‬
‫‪ -1-1‬ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫)‪ (a‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴـﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸـﺎﻧﻪ ﮔـﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳـﻨﺠﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸـﻤﻮﻝ ﺑـﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛـﻼﺱ ﻫـﺎﻱ ‪ 900 ،600 ،400 ،300 ،150‬ﻭ ‪ 1500‬ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ NPS‬ﺗـﺎ‬ ‫‪NPS‬ﺗﺎ ‪ NPS24‬ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻱ ﻛـﻼﺱ ‪ 2500‬ﺩﺭ ﺳـﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ، NPS12‬ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬـﺮﻩ ﻫـﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ NPS‬ﺗﺎ ‪ NPS24‬ﺑـﺎ‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻭ ‪ 300‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ NPS‬ﺗﺎ‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 900 ،600 ،400‬ﻭ ‪ 1500‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ NPS12‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪ NPS24‬ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 2500‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ E‬ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(b‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪(2‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺎ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-2‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﻘﻮﻟـﻪ ﺍﺷـﺎﺭﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ III‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-3‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ ﺷـﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ ﺗـﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣـﻲ ﺳـﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺩﻣـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺠﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻳﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-4‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼً ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﻬﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-5‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨـﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭﻱ ‪ D‬ﺗﺸـﺮﻳﺢ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-6‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺳﻴﺴـﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳـﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺍﻧﺘﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻣﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴـﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﺳﻴﺴـﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ – 1-7‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-8‬ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ‪ ASME E29‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪ ﺭﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧﺪ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﺸـﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴـﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-9‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪ -1-9-1‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻼﺱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ‪-‬‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 150 300 400 600 900 1500 2500‬ﻛﻼﺱ‬
‫‪ -1-9-2‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ‪، NPS.‬ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻝ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻧـﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ NPS .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‪ ، DN ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠـﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪NPS‬‬ ‫‪DN‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪65‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ DN = 25, NPS ≥ 4‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ NPS‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ 2-1‬ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫـﺎﺋﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 2-1 ،1‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 2-3 ،17‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﻛـﻼﺱ ﻧﺸـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-2-1 ،1‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ psi‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪ -2-2‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻ ﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬـﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻛـﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣـﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﺎﭘـﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﺑـﻞ ﻗﺒـﻮﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻨﻴﻜﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ‪ ASME PCC-1‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ -2-3-1‬ﻣﺒﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﻣﺤـﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺑـﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 5-3‬ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 5-4‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺮ ﻃﺒـﻖ ﺷـﻴﻮﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ) ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 2-2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-3-2‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻱ ﻳﻜﺴـﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷـﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻣﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-4‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳـﻚ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬـﺪﻩ ﻛـﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ) ‪، − 29o C (−20o F‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ) ‪ − 29o C (−20o F‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ)ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ‪ 5-1-2 ،2,5، 3‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪( .‬‬
‫‪ 2-5‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-1‬ﻛﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﻪ ﺧﻄـﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺼـﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸـﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 2-5-2‬ﻭ ‪ 2-5-3‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄـﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻴـﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-2‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷـﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺎﻻ ) ‪200o C (400o F‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ) ‪ 400o C (750o F‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-5-3‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‪.‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 1B,1A‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻮﻳﮋﻩ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻫـﺎﻱ ﻛـﺮﺑﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﺨﻮﺵ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗـﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﻜـﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑـﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫) ‪ − 29o C (−20o F‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴـﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﻬـﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-6‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻱ ‪1/5‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ) ‪ 38o C (100o F‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ )‪ (25psi‬ﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻌﻬﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-7‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﺗـﻮﭘﻲ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬــﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒــﻪ ﺟﻮﺷــﻲ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﺣــﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿــﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑــﺮ ﺑــﺎ ﺿــﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻮﻟــﻪ ﻫــﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺩﺍﺷــﺘﻦ‬
‫)‪ 276MPa(40000psi‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .6‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫‪F5‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ‪ NPS2‬ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄـﺮ ﺩﻫﺎﻧـﻪ ﻳـﻚ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ‪ B‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‪ Bmax‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Co Pc‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ‬ ‫‪Bmax = Ah (1 −‬‬ ‫‪) :‬‬
‫‪50000‬‬
‫‪ :Ah‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺦ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ﺁﻏـﺎﺯ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ :Bmax‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪ 14/5 :Co‬ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ‪ Pc‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ‪ 100‬ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ‪ Pc‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ psi‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ :Pc‬ﺣــﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘــﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ) ‪ ، 38o C (100o F‬ﺟــﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ A-1‬ﻭ ‪ A -2‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳــﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴــﺎﺭﻱ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ‪ Bmax‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ A‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﺴـﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺋـﻲ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻮﺵ ﻛـﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘـﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪MSS sp -۴۴‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺵ ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪6-7‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 12‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 14‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-8‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺻﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ -2-8-1‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻴﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‪،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺻﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻛﻼﺱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪،16 ،14 ،11 ،8‬‬
‫‪ 22 ،20 ،18‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ)ﺟـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-22,II-20,II-16,II-14,II-11,II-8‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ ‪(II‬‬
‫)ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 15‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ -2-8-2‬ﻃــﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺧــﻞ ﺗــﻮﭘﻲ‪.‬ﻃــﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺧــﻞ ﺗــﻮﭘﻲ ﺑــﺮﺍﻱ ‪ NPS4‬ﻭ ﻛــﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ )‪ 229mm (19in‬ﻭ‬
‫)‪ 355mm(12in‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ NPS4‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-8-3‬ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ B‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧـﻪ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺵ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻭ ﻛﻼﺱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-8-4‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺵ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛـﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻧﻬـﺎﻳﻲ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-7‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-9‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1A‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻً ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 4-2-8‬ﻣﺸـﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫‪ 3-1‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ »ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ« ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ NPS‬ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻝ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﻋـﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺎً ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3-2‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ‪ NPS‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺳـﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨـﺪ ﺷـﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬـﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮﻧـﻮﻳﺲ )‪4‬‬
‫(ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 6‬ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪) .‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-6‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪(II‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪4-1‬ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺠﺰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪MSS SP -25‬‬
‫ﻻﺯﻣﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 4-2‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4-2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ -4-2-‬ﻧﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-2-2‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ASTM‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ]ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ‪[1‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ASTM‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ]ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ‪[1‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪1A‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪1A‬‬
‫ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫)‪ (a‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II – 2 – 1,1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ II – 2 – 3 – 17‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (b‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 5,1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ASME B 16,34‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ B16.34‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ ،II‬ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ASME‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ASME‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ASTM‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻗـﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻃﺒـﻖ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ‪ ، 7ASTM‬ﺳـﺒﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ‬
‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ)ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺫﻭﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺫﻭﺏ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻤﺒﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ‪ ASTM‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(c‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﺧﺼﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺧـﻮﺩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﻤﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯﻣﻮﺍﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳـﻚ ﻭﻳﮋﮔـﻲ ﻳـﺎ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1 A‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 4-2-8‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-2-3‬ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻛﻼﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ)ﻣـﺜﻼً ‪ 1500 ،900 ،600 ،400 ،300 ،150‬ﻳـﺎ‬
‫‪(2500‬‬
‫‪ -4-2-4‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ B16‬ﻳﺎ ‪ B 5,16‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻧـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻼﺱ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ASME‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-2-5‬ﺩﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻤـﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑـﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺤـﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺸـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ ،٢‬ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ASME‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ‪ ASTM‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ASME‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ASTM‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪ -4-2-6‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ NPS‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺸـﺎﻧﻪ ﮔـﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬـﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑـﻪ ‪ NPS‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫـﺎﻱ ‪ 3-2‬ﻭ ‪3-3‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-2-7‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﺒﻪ )ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ( ﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ R‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-2-8‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1A‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳـﻚ ﻧﺸـﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﻧﺸـﺎﻧﻪ ﮔـﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺳﺮﺩﺭﮔﻤﻲ ﺩﺭﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺳـﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ،II‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ ،D‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ‪ 7‬ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ASME‬ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪5-1‬ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1A‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ ‪.‬ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ ﭘـﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1B‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 5-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ( ‪.‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨـﺶ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ASME‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﮔـﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ASME‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ASTM‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛـﻼﺱ ﻳـﺎ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﻣـﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪ -5-1-1‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧـﺮﺍﺏ ﺷـﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻔﺮﻁ ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﻳﺘـﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺁﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﻴﻜـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺤﺚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴـﺎﻃﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲ ﺗـﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪ ، ASME B 31-3‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ‪F‬؛ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ ،2‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ،D‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ‪A‬؛ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ ،3‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ،1‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ‪w‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ASME‬ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5-1-2‬ﭼﻘﺮﻣﮕﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﻛـﺮ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1A‬ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻡ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫـﺎﻱ ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺨﻮﺵ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭼﻘﺮﻣﮕﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﻜﻪ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑـﻮﻁ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻤـﺎﻻً ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ) ‪ − 7 o C (20o F‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5-1-3‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻳـﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻤﻴـﻞ ﻣـﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺪ]ﻣـﺜﻼً‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ) ‪ [ 535o C (1000 F o‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﻬﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺘﺎﻟﻮژﻳﻜﻲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺿـﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺟـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 2-1,1‬ﺗـﺎ ‪-3-17‬‬
‫‪)2‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II- 2-1,1‬ﺗﺎ‪ II2-3-17.‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5-1-4‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ ﺍﺟـﺰﺍ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ ‪MSS SP-55‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒـﻮﻝ ﻫﺴـﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻌـﻼﻭﻩ ﻋﻴـﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺑـﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺻـﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫"‪ "b","a‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5-2‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﻣـﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻬـﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪ 5-3‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ 5-3-1‬ﻛﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1B‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺗـﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺤـﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 5-3-2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 5-3-5‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5-3-2‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻳﻜـﻪ ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ASTM A193‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ B7‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﺮﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1B‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5-3-3‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1B‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻟـﻮﻻﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺷـﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨـﺎﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺣﻔـﻆ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5-3-4‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬـﺮﻩ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ – ‪206MPa‬‬
‫)‪ (30KSi‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳـﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1B‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛـﻼﺱ‬
‫‪ 150‬ﻭ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 5-4-2‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑـﺮﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋـﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣـﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ) ‪ 200o C (400o F‬ﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﺮ ) ‪ − 29o C (−20o F‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪-3-5‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﭼﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪(a‬ﻫﻤﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑـﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﮔـﺮﺩﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺑـﻪ ﺣﺴـﺎﺏ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺴـﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜـﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻫـﺎﻱ ﻛـﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺴـﺘﺮﻱ ﻛـﻼﺱ ‪ 125‬ﭘـﻴﭻ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﺒﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،B‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،B-1‬ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ Ia‬ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ -5-3-4‬ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﻭﺍﺷـﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳـﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ )ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ ،(5-3-4‬ﺍﺳـﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻮﺳـﻂ)ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ ،(5-3-3‬ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ )‪ (5-3-2‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧـﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬـﺎ ﺍﻣﺘـﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﭼﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺴـﺘﺮﻱ ﻛـﻼﺱ ‪ 250‬ﭘـﻴﭻ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،B‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ، B-1‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ Ia‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 5-3-4‬ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﻭﺍﺷـﺮﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺗـﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ ،(5-3-4‬ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ (5-3-3‬ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﭘﺮﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ (5-3-2‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ﭼﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 250‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1B‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ASTM‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪(a‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺍﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ ،2‬ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ASME‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸـﺮﻭﻁ ﺑـﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ASME‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ‪ ASTM‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻼﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸـﺮﻭﻁ ﺑـﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻻﻫـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻭ ‪ 300‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ -5-3-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻧﺰﻥ ﺁﺳﺘﻨﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﺮﻧﺸـﻲ ﻧﺸـﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ A 194‬ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ‪ ASTM A194‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ) ‪ 260o C (500o F‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻀﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺩﺭﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﺮﺣﻠـﻪ ﺁﺧـﺮ ﺣـﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺯﻣـﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻧﻬـﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﻳـﺎ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (10‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ A194 Gr-4‬ﻳـﺎ‬
‫‪ Gr-7‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (11‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻧﺰﻥ ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﺮﻧﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ A194‬ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫‪ (12‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺒﻨﺪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ )‪ 200oC(400oF‬ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗـﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪29oC(-‬‬
‫)‪ 20oF‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ ].‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ )‪ (4‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ[‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬـﺮﻩ ﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﺳـﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷـﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (13‬ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺑﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ A194 Gr-2‬ﻳـﺎ ‪H‬‬
‫‪ Gr-2‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻛـﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﺸـﺎﺑﻪ ﭘـﻴﭻ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (14‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻧﺰﻥ ﺁﺳﺘﻨﺘﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫‪ 5-4‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪4-5-1‬ﻛﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ‪ ASME B 20,16‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ B‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺑـﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻀﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺴﺖ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 2-6‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳـﻚ ﺑـﻮﺩﻩ ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5-4-2‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬ﺍﮔـﺮ ﭘـﻴﭻ ﻣﻬـﺮﻩ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ﻛـﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1B‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ، B‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪B-‬‬
‫‪ ،1‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ Ia‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5-4-3‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ .150‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ،1‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،B-1‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ B‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛـﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ -6-1‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ -6-1-1‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ ،tm‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 9‬ﻭ ‪ 12‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧـﺪ )ﺟـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-9‬ﻭ ‪-12‬‬
‫‪ ،II‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-1-2‬ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‬
‫‪٤١‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻫـﺎ ﻛـﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻـﺎً ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻫـﺎﻱ ‪45‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪Y ،‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺻﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻴـﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺿـﻌﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-1-2‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪(a‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﻜـﻪ ﻗﻄـﺮﺵ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0 / 35 dtm‬ﻧﺒﺎﺷـﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ‪ d‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ‪ tm‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-1-1‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪(b‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/75 tm‬ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺩﻭ ﺍﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ – ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1 / 75 dtm‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-2‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ 6-2-1‬ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑـﺎ ﺗﻮﺟـﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳـﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴـﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺧـﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﺷـﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻭﻳـﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ -6-2-2‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﻟﺒـﻪ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ‪ -‬ﺗـﺎ –‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ)ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ( ﺩﺭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪9‬ﻭ‪ 12‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ)ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-9‬ﻭ ‪ II-12‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪.(II‬‬
‫‪ 6-2-3‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ – ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ – ﺗﺎ – ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫‪ 6-2-4‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ T ،‬ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤـﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﻔـﺬ ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻫـﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳـﻚ ﻣﻨﻔـﺬﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺧـﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-2-5‬ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻄـﻮﺭ ﻛﻠـﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺗـﺎ ‪45‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺗﻤـﺎﺱ ﻣﺸـﺎﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻫـﺎﻱ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺗﻤـﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺋﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-3‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ‬
‫‪ .6-3-1‬ﻛﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-3-2‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،tf ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪)7‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-7‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ (II‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-3-3‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﻣـﻞ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﻭﺍﺷـﺮ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-4-5‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-4‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫‪ -6-4-1‬ﻛﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪)7‬ﺷـﻜﻞ ‪ II-7‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄـﻪ ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻧـﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠـﻒ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫـﺪ‪ .‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪)4‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬
‫‪ II-4‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪)5‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪-5‬‬
‫‪ II‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪(II‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻛـﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ 300‬ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ )‪ 2mm(0/06in‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛـﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ‪، tf ،‬ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻛـﻼﺱ ﻫـﺎﻱ ‪،1500 ،900 ،600 ،400‬‬
‫‪ 2500‬ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ )‪ 7mm(0/25in‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪، tf ،‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-2‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 6-4-2-1‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ 6-4-2-2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-2-1‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ‪،‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،tf ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺎ ﺭﻭﻳـﻪ ﻧـﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-2-2‬ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺗﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-3‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻟﭙﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟـــﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 20 ،18 ،16 ،14 ،11 ،8‬ﻭ ‪)22‬ﺟـــﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-20 ،II-18 ،II-14 ،II-11 ، II-8‬ﻭ ‪II-22‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪) 7‬ﺷـﻜﻞ‪II– 7‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 6-4-3-1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 6-4-3-3‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-3-1‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﭙﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫‪ 6-4-3-2‬ﻧﺮﻭﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻳﺎ )‪ 7mm(0/25in‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﭙﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-3-3‬ﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﭙﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻓﺎﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-3-4‬ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﭙﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻳﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-3-5‬ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮﻫـﺎﻱ ﺧـﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷـﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻﻫـﺎﻱ ﺣﻠﻘـﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪)5‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،(II‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ k‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﭙـﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪)4‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ (II‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻮﺷـﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-4-4‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺑﺨـﺶ ﻣﺮﻛـﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ )‪ 25mm(1in‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 9‬ﻭ ‪) 12‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ F-9‬ﻭ ‪ ( F-12‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻧﺪ ﻳـﺎ )‪ 25mm(1in‬ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄـﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄـﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﻼﺱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 9‬ﻭ‪)12‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-12‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ (II‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-5‬ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬـﺎﻱ ‪ 6-4-5-1‬ﺗـﺎ ‪-3‬‬
‫‪ 6-4-5‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫـﺎﻱ ‪ Ra‬ﺗﺨﻤـﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪1‬‬
‫‪ ASME B46.‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ( ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺭﺩﻳﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻭﮔﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-5-1‬ﻓــﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧــﻪ ﻭ ﻧــﺮﻭ ﻣــﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼــﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬــﺎﻱ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺗﻤــﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺷــﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳــﺪ ﺑــﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬
‫)‪ 3 / 2µm (125µ in‬ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-5-2‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ )‪1 / 6µm (63µ in‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-4-5-3‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭻ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺁﻳﻨـﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺯ ) ‪ ( 250µm (125µ in) ) 6 / 3µm (3 / 2 µ in‬ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺯﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓـﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒـﻲ )‪ 1 / 5mm (0 / 06 in‬ﻳـﺎ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷـﻴﺎﺭ ﻫـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ‪ /mm‬ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ‪ 1/8‬ﺗﺎ ‪ /mm‬ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ‪ in) 2/2‬ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ‪ 45‬ﺗﺎ ‪ /in‬ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ‪ (55‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-4-6‬ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ﻧﺸـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-3‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺷـﻌﺎﻋﻲ ﺑـﺎ ﺗﻔـﺎﻭﺕ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺷـﻌﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﻄﺮﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳـﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻟﻴـﻞ ﻭﺍﺯﻧـﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴـﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻔﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-6‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ‬
‫‪٤٦‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳـﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪،tf ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗـﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 20 ،18 ،16 ،14 ،12 ،11 ،9 ،8‬ﻭ ‪)22‬ﺟـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪-12 ،II-11 ،II-9 ،II-8‬‬
‫‪ II-22 ،II-20 ،II-18 ،II-16 ،II-14 ،II‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﻄـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ MSS SP-9‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-7‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫‪ -6-7-1‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷـﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 8‬ﺗـﺎ ‪) 11‬ﺷـﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ II-8‬ﺗـﺎ ‪ II-11‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 12‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 14‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-7-2‬ﻓﺮﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 8‬ﻭ ‪ II-8)9‬ﻭ ‪II-9‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 12‬ﻭ ‪ 14‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-7-3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 8‬ﻭ ‪)9‬ﺷـﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ II-8‬ﻭ ‪II-9‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳـﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 10‬ﻭ ‪) 11‬ﺷـﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ II-10‬ﻭ ‪ II -11‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ (II‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 13‬ﻭ ‪ 14‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-7-4‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ .‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺧﺮﻳـﺪ ﺍﺭﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴـﺪ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻗﻂ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-8‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ -6-8-1‬ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄـﺮ ﺧـﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-8-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ‬
‫‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ 6-8-2-1‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﻮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺣـﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈـﺮ ﺳـﺎﻳﺰ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﻧﭽـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪)6‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-6‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-8-2-2‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﻛـﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-9‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ -6-9-1‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ‪ .‬ﺑﺠـﺰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻳﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺿـﻴﺤﺎﺕ )‪ (4‬ﻭ )‪ (5‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪ )4‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-4‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ ‪ASME B1. 2001‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﺳﺘﺎﺳـﺎﺯﻱ )ﻋﻤـﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ )‪ 5mm/m(0/06 in /ft‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-9-2‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ .150‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﭘـﺦ ﺧـﻮﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-9-3‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ﻛﻼﺱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑـﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳـﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﭘﺦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-9-4‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪T‬‬
‫ﻛـﻼﺱ ﻣﺸـﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻠــﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟــﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 20 ،18 ،16 ، 14 ،12 ،11 ،9 ،8‬ﻭ‬
‫‪)22‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-22 ،II-20 ، II-18 ، II-16 ،II-14 ،II-12 ،II-11 ،II-9 ،II-8‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪٤٨‬‬
‫‪ (II‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎً ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨـﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪)6‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-6‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-9-5‬ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺳﻨﺠﻪ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺮﭘﺦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻫـﻢ ﺗـﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﭘﺦ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﭘﺦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﭼـﺮﺧﺶ ﺑـﺰﺭگ ﻳـﺎ ﻛﻮﭼـﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺷـﻜﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺠﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-9-6‬ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻧﻴـﺮﻭ‪ .‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﺧـﺎﺭﺟﻲ ‪ASME B1.2001‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻜﺲ ‪ A‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﻣـﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-10‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫‪ -6-10-1‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1C‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ ﭘـﻴﭻ ﻣﻬـﺮﻩ ﻛـﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 5-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-10-2‬ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳـﻪ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠـﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔـﺎﻉ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻬـﺮﻩ ﺳـﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺷـﺶ‬
‫ﺿﻠﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ‪ L‬ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪)21 . 19 ،17 ،15 ،13 ،10 ،7‬ﺟـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪II-21,II-9,II-‬‬
‫‪ 17,II-15,II-13,II-10,II-7‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻝ ‪ L‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﺦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪.‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳـﺒﻪ ﻃﻮﻟﻬـﺎﻱ ﭘـﻴﭻ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ C‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛـﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣـﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-10-3‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-11‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫‪ -6-11-1‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ASME B 16-20‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-11-2‬ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓـﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧـﻪ ﺑـﺰﺭگ ﻳـﺎ ﻛﻮﭼـﻚ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﻮﺷـﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ )‪ 7-3 (a‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ[‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺗﺨـﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼـﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ ،3‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ B‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-11-3‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﺮ‪ -‬ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓـﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷـﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪)7‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-7‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ (II‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-12‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ -6-12-1‬ﻛﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﺧﺮﻳـﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪﺟﻮﺵ ﻭﺍﺟﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨـﺶ ‪ IX‬ﺁﺋـﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣـﻪ – ﺩﻳـﮓ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ASME‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-12-2‬ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻓﻠـﺰ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪)3‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-3‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪ (II‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪6-12-3‬ﺳﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻜﻞ‬
‫‪)4‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-4‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺴـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳـﺎ ﺳـﺎﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ] ﺷﻜﻞ ‪)6‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-6‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-12-4‬ﺟﻮﺵ ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩ]ﺷﻜﻞ ‪)5‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪ [.‬ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺩﻫﺎﻧـﻪ ﻧﻴـﺎﺯ ﺑـﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳـﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-12-5‬ﻧﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﻧﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻻﺯﻣﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪)6‬ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ II-6‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ (II‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 3‬ﻳﺎ‪)4‬ﺷـﻜﻞ ‪ II-3‬ﻳـﺎ‬
‫‪ II-4‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ( II‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-12-6‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴـﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ )‪(NPS‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2 ≤ NPS ≤ 4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5 ≤ NPS ≤ 8‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 10‬‬
‫‪٥١‬‬
‫‪ -6-12-7‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 1‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ A‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ 7-1‬ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻬـﻢ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓـﺖ ﻛـﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻴﻮﻩ ‪ASTM E29‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﻧﺪﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﺣـﺪ ﺭﻧـﺪ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺫﻛـﺮ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴـﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﺸـﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺪﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-2‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 10‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 0mm(±0 / 03in‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 12‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 5mm(±0 / 06in‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ )ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ(‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 10‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 0mm(±0 / 03in‬‬
‫‪٥٢‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 12‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 5mm(±0 / 06in‬‬
‫‪(c‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 10‬‬ ‫)‪± 2 / 0mm(±0 / 06in‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 12‬‬ ‫)‪± 3mm(±0 / 12in‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ )ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ(‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 10‬‬ ‫)‪± 2 / 0mm(±0 / 06in‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 12‬‬ ‫)‪± 3 / 0mm(±0 / 12in‬‬
‫‪ -7-3‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪± 0 / 5mm(±0 / 02in) ،‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ 2/0mm(0/06in) ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪± 1 / 0mm(±0 / 03in) ،‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ‪ 7/0mm(0/25in) ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ )‪± 0 / 5mm(±0 / 02in‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪) 5‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﻧﺸـﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-4‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 18‬‬ ‫)‪± 3 / 0, ,−0 / 0mm(+0 / 12,−0 / 0in‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 20‬‬ ‫)‪± 5 / 0,−0 / 0mm(+0 / 19,−0 / 0in‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗـﺎﻥ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﻋـﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻨﮕـﺮﻱ ﺷـﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳـﻴﺎﻩ ﺗـﺎﺏ‬
‫‪،‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻘﺐ)ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ -7-5‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -7-5-1‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺷـﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 8‬ﻭ ‪) 9‬ﺷـﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ II-8‬ﻭ ‪ II-9‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 5‬‬ ‫)‪± 2 / 0,−mm(±0 / 0,−0 / 03in‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 6‬‬ ‫)‪± 4 / 0,−1 / 0mm(+0 / 16,−0 / 03in‬‬
‫‪ -7-5-2‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠـﻲ ﻧـﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷـﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬـﺎﻱ ﮔـﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ )ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ B‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ( ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪(a‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 8‬ﻭ ‪) 9‬ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ II-8‬ﻭ ‪ II-9‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ،15‬ﻭ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 10‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 0mm(±0 / 03in‬‬
‫‪12 ≤ NPS ≤ 18‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 5mm(±0 / 06in‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 20‬‬ ‫)‪+ 3 / 0,−1 / 5MM (+0 / 12,−0 / 06in‬‬
‫‪(b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪) 10‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-10‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 10‬‬ ‫)‪± 0 / 0,−1 / 0mm(±0 / 0,−0 / 03in‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 12‬‬ ‫)‪± 0 / 0,−1 / 5mm(±0 / 0,−0 / 06in‬‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7-5-3‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﻠﻘـﻪ ﭘﺸـﺖ ﺑﻨـﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ C‬ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 10‬ﻭ ‪) 11‬ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ II-10‬ﻭ ‪ II-11‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ ‪(II‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪2 ≤ NPS ≤ 24‬‬ ‫)‪± 0 / 25,−0 / 0mm(±0 / 01,−0 / 0in‬‬
‫‪ 7-5-4‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ ، B,A‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺝ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ %87‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ %12/5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿـﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻭﺷﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟـﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻳـﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-6‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 4‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 5mm(±0 / 06in‬‬
‫‪5 ≤ NPS ≤ 10‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 5,−3 / 0mm(±0 / 06,−0 / 12in‬‬
‫‪٥٥‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 2‬‬ ‫)‪+ 3 / 0,−5 / 0mm(+0 / 12,−0 / 18in‬‬
‫‪ -7-7‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫‪ -7-7-1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻟﭙﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 10‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 0,−0 / 0mm(±0 / 03,−0 / 0in‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 12‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 5,−0 / 0mm(±0 / 06,−0 / 0in‬‬
‫‪ -7-7-2‬ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺰﻳﻨـﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 10‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 0,−0 / 0mm(±0 / 03,−0 / 0in‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 12‬‬ ‫)‪± 1 / 5,−0 / 0mm(±0 / 06,−0 / 0in‬‬
‫‪-7-7-3‬ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺳـﺎﻛﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪≤ NPS ≤ 3‬‬ ‫)‪± 0 / 25mm(±0 / 010in‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ -7-8‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ 7-8-1‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫)‪± 1 / 5mm(±0 / 06in‬‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬
‫‪ 7-8-2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘـﻴﭻ ﻣﺠـﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫)‪± 0 / 8mm(±0 / 03in‬‬
‫‪ -7-8-3‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﭘـﻴﭻ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 2‬‬ ‫)‪0 / 8mm(0 / 03in‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 3‬‬ ‫)‪1 / 5mm(0 / 06in‬‬
‫‪ – 8‬ﺗﺴﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ -8-1‬ﺗﺴﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-2‬ﺗﺴﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ -8-2-1‬ﺗﺴﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-2-2‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﺘـﺮﺍﺯ ‪ 1/5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ‬
‫) ‪ 38o C (100o F‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ )‪ 1 (25psi‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-2-3‬ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧـﺪ ﻣﺤﺘـﻮﻱ ﻳـﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻳﺎﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻌـﺎﺕ ﺗﺴـﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻲ ﺗـﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺑﺸﺮﻃﻴﻜﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺴﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﺍﺯ ) ‪50o C (125o F‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٧‬‬
‫‪ -8-2-4‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫‪NPS ≤ 2‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2 ≤ NPS ≤ 8‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪NPS ≥ 10‬‬
‫‪180‬‬
‫‪ -8-2-5‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻭﻳﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٨‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﻳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,12‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٩‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫)‪ (a‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺋﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (b‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ‪ C ،B ،A‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ D‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪،‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺻﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ E‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (C‬ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 3,2‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺵ ﺳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪6,12 ،4‬ﻭ ‪ 6,12,5‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻮﺵ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,12,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ،II‬ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ II-3‬ﺗﺎ ‪ II-6‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﭘﺮﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6,12,5 ، .6,12,3‬ﻭ ‪ 6,12,6‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ‪ T‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )‪.(ASME B1.20.1‬‬
‫‪٦١‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ :7‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ –‬
‫ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎ ﻱ‪ 150‬ﻭ ‪ 300‬ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺟﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 7‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ‪ 40 0‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺟﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪(15‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺷـﻜﻞ ‪ ، II-7‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ ‪II‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٢‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6-2‬ﻭ ‪ 6-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 7‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 22‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﻗـﺐ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﺗـﺎ ﺗﻀـﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ)ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ( ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻧـﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻬـﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻠـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠـﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜـﺎ‬
‫)‪ (NPSL‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪)4‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ( ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪5‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻀﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛـﻼﺱ‬
‫‪ 150‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ (8‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-4-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ (9‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪6-4-3‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1/5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻪ ﺷـﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ II-8‬ﻭ ‪ ، II-9‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ ‪II‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٣‬‬
‫‪(b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6-8 ،6-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 10‬ﻭ ‪ 11‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(d‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺼـﻞ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺒﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗـﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺑﺎً ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣـﻲ ﺗـﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷـﻴﺐ ﺣـﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻴﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ‪ -‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﻲ ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑـﺮ ﺿـﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻓـﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﻠـﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ‪).‬ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 12‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 14‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪(e‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ A‬ﺑﻪ ‪ X‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 1‬ﺑـﻪ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻭﺧﻂ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ‪ ASME B25,16‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(g‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 6mm min‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫‪٦٤‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﻟﺒﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﺗﺎ ‪2500‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬

‫‪ – A‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ – B‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ – t‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ – x‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ )ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ‬
‫‪٦٥‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ‪1‬‬

‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪ ،ASTM A 106‬ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪) mm,C‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 7,5,3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ‪ ،II‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 11-10‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6,8 ، 6,7‬ﻭ ‪ 7,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 8‬ﻭ ‪ 9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ ASME B16.25‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ 13mm (1‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪.19mm‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ t‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪22mm‬‬
‫‪٦٦‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ )ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ = ‪(A‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ )ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 8‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ %87 1 2 = 1 / 75t‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ )ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ‪ ، ASME A1.6‬ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 2‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﺮﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫‪٦٧‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻧﻪ ‪ t1‬ﻭ ‪ ،t2‬ﻧﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ t1+t2‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/5t‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪tD‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﺪﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ‬
‫‪ (e‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ‪ ،II‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 11-10‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6,8 ، 6,7‬ﻭ ‪ 7,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 8‬ﻭ ‪ 9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٨‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ ASME B16.25‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ (e‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ (f‬ﻧﻪ ‪ t1‬ﻭ ‪ ،t2‬ﻧﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ t1+t2‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/5t‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪tD‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﺪﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٩‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﺰﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻪ ‪ t1‬ﻭ ‪ ،t2‬ﻧﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ t1+t2‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/5t‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ tD‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻻﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺑﺪﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٠‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺻﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ = o‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 2,8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ = tf‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 2,8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ = x‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ = ‪) 3mm – 0‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 2,8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 2,8,3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ = B‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ )=ﺍﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 2,8,2‬ﻭ ‪ 7,5,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ = Y‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 2,8,1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪٧١‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ 1,1‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪(1‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،425c‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 425c‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(2‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 445c‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 260c‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 370c‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٢‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪،425c‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 425c‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 349c‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٣‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،425c‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 425c‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،465c‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ‪ 465c‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٤‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ASTMA 217.1‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻗﺪﻏﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ‪ Mg, Ca‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٥‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،426c‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 425C‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٦‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 465c‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ – ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪﻧﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 465c‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٧‬‬
‫‪(2‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(3‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ASTMA 217.1‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻗﺪﻏﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ‪ Ca‬ﻭ ‪ Mg‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫‪٧٨‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ASTMA 217.1‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻗﺪﻏﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ‪ Ca‬ﻭ ‪ Mg‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 590c‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٩‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 590c‬ﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ASTMA 217.1‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺩﻏﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ‪Ca‬ﻭ ‪ Mg‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٠‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،465C‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ – ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪﻧﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪465C‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨١‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ASTMA 217.1‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻗﺪﻏﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ‪ Ca‬ﻭ ‪ Mg‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٢‬‬
‫‪٨٣‬‬
‫‪٨٤‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 590C‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٥‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 620C‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ½ ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٦‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،538C‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ‪ 0/04‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 425C‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٧‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،538C‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ‪ 0/04‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 455C‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 538C‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٨‬‬
‫‪٨٩‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 538C‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 1095C‬ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٠‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ‪ 538c‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،538c‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 1095c‬ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩١‬‬
‫‪٩٢‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪538c‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ‪ 0/04‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ‪ 565c‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ASTM 6‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺑﺎﻻ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪315C‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٤‬‬
‫‪٩٥‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،538C‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ‪ 0/04‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،538C‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1035C‬ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺁﺑﺪﻫﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ‪ 565C‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ASTM 6‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٦‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،538C‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ‪ 0/04‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩٧‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،538C‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ‪ 0/04‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩٨‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ASTM‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ASTM B564‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٩‬‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬

‫‪١٠١‬‬

‫‪١٠٢‬‬
‫‪١٠٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٤‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٥‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 645C‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ‪ No 6625‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ‪ 538C‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ 760C‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ‪ No 6022‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ‪ 538c‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 675c‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠٦‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ASTM‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ASTMB 564‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠٧‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٨‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ASTM‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ASTMB 564‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬


‫‪١٠٩‬‬

‫‪١١٠‬‬

‫‪١١١‬‬

‫‪١١٢‬‬

‫‪١١٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١٤‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ :3‬ﻛﺎﺳﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫‪١١٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ، II‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-3‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫‪١١٦‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ :4‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺎ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎ‬
‫‪١١٧‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪II-4‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6,3‬ﻭ ‪ 6,4‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪7‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4,3‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 7,3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﻨﻪ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ )‪ (NPSL‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﭙﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4,3‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ‪ 2mm‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 7mm‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4,1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ‪ 7mm‬ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮ ‪ 5mm‬ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ )ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪١١٨‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬
‫‪١٢٠‬‬
‫‪١٢١‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ II‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4,1‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4,3‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 4,2,7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (e‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ NPS ½ 600‬ﺗﺎ ½ ‪ NPS3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 400‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ NPS ½ 1500‬ﺗﺎ ½ ‪ NPS2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 900‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ،E‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ‪ E‬ﺭﺑﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﻛﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ‪ ،600‬ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪R30‬‬
‫ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ‪ R31‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-6‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﻫﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪2،4‬ﻭ ‪ 6‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻً ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪١٢٣‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻗﺮﻳﻨﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪،Q‬‬
‫‪ 7mm‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ NPS 2‬ﻭ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻭ ‪ 9/50mm‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ½ ‪ NPS2‬ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ Q‬ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ T‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 3,3‬ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(1‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ½ ‪ – NPS6x2‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫½ ‪ = NPS2‬ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ )‪(ASME B1, 2001‬‬
‫‪ = 320mm‬ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ NPS6‬ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300‬‬
‫‪ = 35mm‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪ NPS6‬ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300‬‬
‫‪ = 178mm‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ‪ NPS6‬ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ½ ‪ NPS2‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ = 15m‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ NPS5‬ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ‪ – NPS6 × 2‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪NPS6‬‬
‫ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻛﻮﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫)‪(MSMEB1, 2001‬‬
‫‪١٢٤‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﺪﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 7‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،II-7‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪II‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 8‬ﻭ ‪ 9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٥‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6010,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻً ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ c‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6010,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ‪150‬‬
‫‪١٢٦‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 8‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-8‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪II‬‬
‫‪١٢٧‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (e‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﭗ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ½ ‪ NPS3‬ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 9‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪tf‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪ 2mm‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,3,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ‪ 2mm‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻟﭗ( ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ‪ 13‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ASME B36. 10M‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ‪40‬‬
‫‪١٢٨‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ‪ NPS10‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 7,5,2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 9‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪150‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ‪45‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫‪ Y‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪١٢٩‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ‪45‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪2mm‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
‫‪ T‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﻱ‬
‫‪١٣٠‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ‪45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬

‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ‪45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 9‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪II-‬‬
‫‪ 9‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻔﺬ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,2,4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣١‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫‪ 6,2,5‬ﺭﺍﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (i‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,12‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 9‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ½ ‪ NPS3‬ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪ 2mm‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,3,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,3,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ – ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,2,3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6,2,3‬ﻭ ‪ 6,4,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ )ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣٢‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ‪،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ R‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (10‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (11‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪10‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭﺳﻪ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫‪١٣٣‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 10‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﺥ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 10-II‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 11‬ﻭ ‪ 12‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺭﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻃﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ C‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪11‬‬
‫‪١٣٤‬‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﭙﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺷﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻮﻻ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪١٣٥‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ii-11‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ii‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 1/7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 0‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺭﺍﻑ ‪ 6,6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (e‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫‪ (g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ /‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﻧﻤﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪ 2mm‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ t‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪.‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,3,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪ 2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ؛ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ‪ 13‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩ ﺭ ‪ ASME B36. 10M‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ‪ 40‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ‪ NPS10‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 7,5,2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣٦‬‬
‫‪(7‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻴﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫‪ Y‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫‪ ،T‬ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ‪ Y‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫‪١٣٧‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﻮﺵ‬
‫‪ T‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪١٣٨‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪12‬‬
‫‪١٣٩‬‬
‫(ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 12‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ ، H-12‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ II‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(e‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑـﺎ ﻣﻨﻔـﺬ ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-2-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫‪ -6-2-5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-1-1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(i‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-12‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨـﺖ ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪ 2mm‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔـﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-3-2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ( ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤٠‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 9‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ‪ NPS 3‬ﻭﻛـﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻳـﺎ ﺑﺪﻧـﻪ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺧـﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-2-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪6-2-3‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-2-3‬ﻭ ‪ -4-2-2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗـﺎ‪-‬ﺳـﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺗﻤـﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﻳـﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴـﺘﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ ﻣﺘـﺮﻱ )ﻟﺒـﻪ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ( ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷـﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ ﺳـﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳـﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﺸـﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ (9‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ R‬ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ‪ -‬ﺗـﺎ‪-‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤١‬‬
‫‪ (10‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺟﻮﺷـﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (11‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗـﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﻫـﺎ ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 400‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪13‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 13‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-13‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪II‬‬
‫‪١٤٢‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 14‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,1,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ C‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﭙﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺭ‬
‫‪١٤٣‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 600‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 14‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-7‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪II‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (e‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 13‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (i‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (j‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤٤‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (11‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ ،600‬ﺩﺭ ½ ‪NPS‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (12‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300‬‬
‫‪١٤٥‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 15‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-15‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪II‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 16‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪C‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ – ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪١٤٦‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 16‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-6‬ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (e‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 15‬ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤٧‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤٨‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪900‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 1500‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 17‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-17‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 18‬ﻭ ‪ 19‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤٩‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ C‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥٠‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 18‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-18‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (e‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﺠﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻬﻢ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ ،1500‬ﺩﺭ ½ ‪ NPS‬ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥١‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪1500‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 19‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-19‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪II‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 20‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ C‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪١٥٢‬‬
‫‪hfuhn‬‬
‫‪١٥٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 20‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-20‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪II‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 16-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﺞ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 19‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (e‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪(1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥٤‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪2500‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 21‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-21‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 22‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ‪،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ ‪،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ C‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫‪١٥٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 2500‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪22‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﻟﭙﺪ‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 22‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-22‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥٦‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪I‬‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺩﺭ ‪ ASME B1-20-1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳـﻚ ﻟـﻮﻻﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪١٥٧‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺴﺖ ‪.‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 300 ،150‬ﻭ ‪ 400‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ‪ ASME B1.1,20‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 600‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻃـﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠـﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‪ ASME B1,20,1‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠـﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒـﺎﻝ ﻣـﻲ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨـﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮﻫـﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺍﺿـﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ASME B1,20,1‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ – ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳـﻴﺪﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪(a‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 600‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺯﺭﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟـﺪﺍﺭ ﺳـﻜﺠﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ 80‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪ASME B1,20,1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﺠﻪ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺳـﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﺻـﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪،I-1‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ ASME B1,20,1‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﺠﻪ ﺍﻓﻜﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪ ASME B1,20,1‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻗﻄـﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺎﻡ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻜﻨﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻨﺠﻪ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪١٥٨‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪II‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 1500 ،900 ،600 ،400 ،300 ،150‬ﻭ ‪2500‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻭ ‪ 300‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1A‬ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 2-1-1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2-19,3‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-2-1,1‬ﺗﺎ ‪19‬‬
‫‪ I2-19,3‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥٩‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 2-1,1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2-3-19‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ –ﺩﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ‬
‫)‪ (1bar=100KPa‬ﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-2-1,1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ II-2-3 -19‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ psi‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 1500 ،900 ،600 ،400 ،300 ،150‬ﻭ ‪2500‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻭ ‪300‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ E‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ‪،900 ،600 ،400‬‬
‫‪ 2500 ،1500‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺭﺳﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6,12,4‬ﻭ ‪ 6,12,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ‪ T‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )‪(ASME B1.20.1‬‬
‫‪١٦٠‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6,12,5 ، 6,12,3‬ﻭ ‪ 6,12,6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,12,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-7‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫– ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻧﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 15‬ﺗﺎ ‪2500‬‬
‫‪١٦١‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 7‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 6-2‬ﻭ ‪ 6-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-7‬ﺗﺎ ‪ II-22‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﻗـﺐ ﺑـﻮﺩ ﺗـﺎ ﺗﻀـﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪) .‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-4‬ﺭﺍﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑـﺎ ﺭﻭﻳـﻪ ﺳـﺎﺩﻩ ﻓـﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒـﻖ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻬـﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻠـﻲ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠـﻲ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ)‪ (NPSL‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ)ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-4‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ II-5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻀﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻛـﻼﺱ‬
‫‪ 150‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-4-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ‪ 6-4-3-5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦٢‬‬
‫‪(a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 8‬ﻭ ‪ 9‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 7-4 ،6-8 ،6-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﺸﻬﺎ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ II-10‬ﻭ ‪ II-11‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(d‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺼـﻞ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛـﺎﺭ ﻛـﻪ ﺷـﻴﺒﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺗـﺎ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺑﺎً ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺣـﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻴﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ‪ -‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻛـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨـﻲ ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃـﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﺑﻌﺪ ‪(x‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗـﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺿـﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣـﺎ ﺿـﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻓـﺰﻭﺩﻩ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ‪).‬ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 12‬ﺗﺎ ‪14‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪(e‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ A‬ﺑﻪ ‪ x‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 1‬ﺑـﻪ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(F‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ‪ ASME B 25,16‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(g‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 0/25-in min‬ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦٣‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ – ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ t‬ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/19‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺗﺎ ‪ 0/88‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫ﭘﺨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ I‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/88‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎ )ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ(‬
‫‪ = A‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬

‫‪ = B‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ = t‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ = x‬ﻗﻄﺮﺗﻮﭘﻲ )ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬

‫‪ = A‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫‪ = B‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫‪١٦٤‬‬
‫‪ = C‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ = T‬ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪ ASTM A106‬ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫‪ %87 ½ = 1/75 t‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ )ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻱ ‪ ،ASTM A 106‬ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 2‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻄﺮﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ c‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 7,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 10‬ﻭ ‪ 11‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6,8 ، 6,7‬ﻭ ‪ 7,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ II-8‬ﻭ ‪ II-9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ ASTM 816.25‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 0/5‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ 0/75‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬

‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )‪ (A.26‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪ ASTM A106‬ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫½ ‪ 0/87‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ )ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﻱ ‪ ASTM A106‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 2‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻄﺮﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪)c‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 7,5,3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 10‬ﻭ ‪ 11‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 0/5 (b‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪.0/75‬‬
‫‪١٦٥‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6,8 ،6,7‬ﻭ ‪ 7,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ II-8‬ﻭ ‪ II-9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (e‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ASTM B16.25 ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪(1‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،800F‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 800F‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲ‬
‫‪(2‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 850F‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(3‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 500‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(4‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 700‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦٦‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،800F‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 650F‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦٧‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،800F‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 800F‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 850F‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،875F‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 875F‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ASTM A217 ،1‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻗﺪﻏﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫‪١٦٨‬‬
‫‪(1‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،800F‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 850F‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦٩‬‬
‫‪ (1 (7‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،875F‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 875F‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧٠‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﻘﻄﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪..‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 1100F‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧١‬‬
‫‪(1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 1100F‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(2‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 1100F‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ASTM A217 ،1‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻗﺪﻏﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ‪ Ca‬ﻭ ‪ Mg‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺪﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧٢‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،875F‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ – ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪﻧﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪875F‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧٣‬‬
‫‪١٧٤‬‬
‫‪١٧٥‬‬
‫‪١٧٦‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 1100F‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧٧‬‬
‫‪(1‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪1150F‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ½ ‪ 3‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧٨‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،1000F‬ﻗﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ‪ 0/04‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪١٧٩‬‬
‫‪١٨٠‬‬
‫‪١٨١‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،1000F‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 2000F‬ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪١٨٢‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،1000F‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 2000F‬ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪١٨٣‬‬
١٨٤
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ‪ 1050F‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ASTM6‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٨٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺑﺎﻻ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ‬
‫‪ 600F‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٨٦‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ ،1000F‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1900F‬ﭼﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺑﺪﻫﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ‪ 1050F‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ASTM6‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٨٧‬‬
‫‪١٨٨‬‬
‫‪١٨٩‬‬
‫‪١٩٠‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ASTM‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ASTM B 564‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩١‬‬
‫‪١٩٢‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩٣‬‬
‫‪١٩٤‬‬
‫‪١٩٥‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 1250F‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩٦‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ‪ 1200F‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ‪ No6625‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﺗﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ‪ 1000F‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ 1400F‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ‪ No6022‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ‪ 1000F‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 1250F‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩٧‬‬
‫‪١٩٨‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ASTM‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ASTM B 564‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩٩‬‬
‫‪٢٠٠‬‬
‫‪٢٠١‬‬
‫‪٢٠٢‬‬
‫‪٢٠٣‬‬
‫‪٢٠٤‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٠٥‬‬
٢٠٦
‫‪(a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 6-3‬ﻭ ‪ 6-4‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪II-7‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-4-3‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 7-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻀـﻤﻴﻦ ﮔـﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﺻـﻮﺭﺕ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑـﺎ ﻗﻄـﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠـﻲ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﻳﻨﻪ ﺯﺭﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑـﺎ ﺭﻭﻳـﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ)‪ (NPSL‬ﺯﺭﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﭙﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-4-3‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 0/06in‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 0/25in‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-4-1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ‪ 0/25 in‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮ ‪ 0/19in‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕـﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳـﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٠٧‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺨـﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓـﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩﻱ ﺑـﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ )ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪٢٠٨‬‬
٢٠٩
٢١٠
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4,1‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-7‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﭙﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4,3‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 4,2,7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،E ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ‪ E‬ﺭﺑﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻً ﻛﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١١‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 600‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ½ ‪ NPS‬ﺗﺎ ½ ‪ NPS3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 400‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 1500‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ½ ‪ NPS‬ﺗﺎ ½ ‪ NPS2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 900‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ‪ ،600‬ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫‪ R30‬ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ‪ R31‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ – ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﺗﺎ ‪2500‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ‪4 ،2‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ 6‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ B‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪0/25‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ NPS2‬ﻭ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻭ ‪ 0/38‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ½ ‪ NPS2‬ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ Q‬ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١٢‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ T‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ )ﺭﻭﻳﻪ( ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 3,3‬ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ½ ‪ – NPS6×2‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫½ ‪ = NPS2‬ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ )‪(ASME B1.20.1‬‬

‫‪ = 12/5 in‬ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ NPS6‬ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300‬‬
‫‪ = 1/44 in‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ NPS6‬ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300,‬‬
‫‪ = 7/0 in‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ‪ NPS6‬ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ .300‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ 1‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ½ ‪ NPS2‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ = 0/62 in‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ NPS5‬ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪.300‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ NPS6‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ ،300‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪II-12‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ‪ – NPS6×2‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ‪NPS6‬‬
‫ﺭﮔﻮﻻﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻛﻮﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫)‪(ASME B1.20.1‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300‬‬
‫‪٢١٣‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-8‬ﻭ ‪ II-9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪٢١٤‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﻼً ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ C‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١٥‬‬
‫‪٢١٦‬‬
‫‪٢١٧‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ½‪ NPS3‬ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-9‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪ 0/06 in‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,3,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ‪ 0/06 in‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ( ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ‪ 13‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ASME B36.10M‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ‪40‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ‪ NPS10‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 7,5,2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(8‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١٨‬‬
٢١٩
٢٢٠
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪ T‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫‪٢٢١‬‬
٢٢٢
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-9‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,2,4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫‪ 6,2,5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (i‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,12‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-9‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ½ ‪ NPS3‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪ 0/06 in‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,3,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 0/06‬ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,2,3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ – ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ – ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,2,3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢٣‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 6,2,3‬ﻭ ‪ 6,4,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ‬
‫– ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ – ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 0/06‬ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻲ )ﻟﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ (8‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (9‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ R‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ –‬
‫‪ (10‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫‪ (11‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪٢٢٤‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-11‬ﻭ ‪ II-12‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢٥‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺭﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ – ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪٢٢٦‬‬
٢٢٧
‫‪ (j‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-11‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (k‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (l‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢٨‬‬
‫‪ (m‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-10‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (n‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﺗﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (o‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ )ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ‪ -‬ﺁﻥ( ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (p‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮ ﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (q‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ – ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪ 0/06 in‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,3,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 0/06‬ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ‪ 13‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ASMEB 36.10M‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ‪ 40‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ‪ NPS10‬ﻳﺎﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 7,5,2‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢٩‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪300‬‬
‫‪t‬‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫‪Y‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫‪٢٣٠‬‬
٢٣١
‫‪ 4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﮔﻮﺵ‬
‫‪٢٣٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ‬
‫‪٢٣٣‬‬
٢٣٤
٢٣٥
‫‪(a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-12‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-10‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ ﺑـﺎ ﻣﻨﻔـﺬ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-2-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧـﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫‪ 6-2-5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-1-1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(i‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺸﻲ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-12‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺗﺨـﺖ ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ‪ 0/06in‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ tf‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-3-2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 0/06‬ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٣٦‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ NPS3‬ﻭ ﻛـﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،4‬ﺳـﺎﻳﺰ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺑـﺎ ﺑﺪﻧـﻪ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺧـﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-2-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪-2-3‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫـﺎﻱ ‪ 6-2-3‬ﻭ ‪ 6-4-2-2‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﺗﺒـﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤـﺎﺱ – ﺗـﺎ‪ -‬ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺗﻤـﺎﺱ ﺭﻭﻳـﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴـﺘﻪ ‪0/06‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻲ)ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿـﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴـﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘـﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸـﺨﺺ ﮔـﺮﺩﺩ ﻛـﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ R‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗـﺎ‪-‬‬
‫‪٢٣٧‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬ ‫‪-10‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛـﻼﺱ ‪)300‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ‪ (11‬ﻗﻄـﺮ‬ ‫‪-11‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ‪ 4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣـﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜـﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٣٨‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-14‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪C‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ – ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻟﭙﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺭ‬
‫‪٢٣٩‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ‪.‬ﻭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤٠‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ ،600‬ﺩﺭ ½ ‪ NPS‬ﺗﺎ ½‬

‫‪ NPS2‬ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤١‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ C‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫‪٢٤٢‬‬
٢٤٣
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤٤‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,8‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‪،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ‪6,7‬ﺭﺍﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ‪6,9‬ﺭﺍﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤٥‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪900‬‬

‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-8‬ﻭ ‪ II-9‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤٦‬‬
‫‪٢٤٧‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪) 900‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ(‬
‫‪٢٤٨‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻔﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-17‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ NPS ½ ،1500‬ﻭ ½‬

‫‪ NPS2‬ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤٩‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-20‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪٢٥٠‬‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪٢٥١‬‬
٢٥٢
٢٥٣
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺎﻑ ‪ 6,5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-19‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٥٤‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-22‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6,10,2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪٢٥٥‬‬
‫‪٢٥٦‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻠﻴﭗ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻟﭙﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٥٧‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪III‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪A‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ A-1‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ A -1-1‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﺍﻳـﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺘﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ﻛـﻼﺱ ﺍﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ‪ASME -34‬‬
‫‪ B16‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﺿﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪8 .‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺗـﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺷـﺘﻪ ﻳـﺎ ﺁﻧـﺮﺍ‬
‫‪F7‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ‬
‫‪ (b‬ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍء ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ)ﻣﺜﻼً ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ( ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺤﻤﻴـﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A-1-2‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪Pc Ag‬‬
‫≥ ‪Ab‬‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫‪7000‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻳﺴﺖ ﻙ ﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1A‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٥٨‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪ :Ab‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫‪ :Ag‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ R‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 4‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Pc‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻼﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﺎﻋﺪﺩ)ﻣﺜﻼً ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻛـﻼﺱ ‪ : Pc=150 ،150‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻛـﻼﺱ ‪،300‬‬
‫‪(Pc=300‬‬
‫‪ A-1-3‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-1‬ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﺷـﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣـﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘـﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ‪ tm‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-1‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻧﺪ ‪.‬ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﻘـﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ )‪ (2‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Pcd‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪t = 1 / 5‬‬ ‫)‪ (2‬‬
‫‪ 2 S F − 1 / 2 Pc ‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪ =d‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ =Pc‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻼﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ)ﻣﺜﻼً ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ Pc=150 ،150‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪،300‬‬
‫‪(Pc=300‬‬
‫‪ =SF‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎ ‪7000‬‬
‫‪ =t‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ‪ t‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪ d‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟـﻪ )‪ (2‬ﺑـﻪ ﺿـﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ %50‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﺶ )‪(7000psi‬‬
‫‪ 48/28MPa‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ Pc‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻼﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪٢٥٩‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-1‬ﺑـﻪ ﺁﻧﻬـﺎ ﺍﺷـﺎﺭﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒـﺎً )‪(0/1in‬‬
‫‪ 2/5mm‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A-1-4‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫‪ ،II‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ P‬ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ASME‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻧﺸـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺸـﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗـﻨﺶ ﻣﺠـﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗـﻨﺶ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ ASME‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A-1-5‬ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1A‬ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻥ ﻳـﺎ ﺩﻗﻴﻘـﺎً ﻣﺸـﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺳـﺘﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﺎً ﺷـﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮔـﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺸـﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻋـﺪﺍﺩ ﺫﻛـﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ‪ ASME B 16-34‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A-2‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ A-2-1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍء ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪، A1‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٦٠‬‬
‫‪C1S1‬‬
‫= ‪Pt‬‬ ‫)‪P2 ≤ Pc (3‬‬
‫‪8750‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪ 10 =C1‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ S1‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ MPa‬ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ‪ Pt‬ﺣﺎﺻـﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑـﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (C1=1‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ‪ S1‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ PSi‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ‪ Pt‬ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ PSI‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ =Pc‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ (psi) ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪T‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ A-3‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ =Pr‬ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻛﻼﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ‪ Pr ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺴـﺖ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻼﺱ)ﻣﺜﻼً‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪) ،(Pr=300 ،300‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛـﻼﺱ ‪ ،150‬ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ‪ A-2‬ﺍﻳـﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ =Pt‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ‪ (psi) ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪T‬‬
‫‪ =S1‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ‪ MPa(psi) ،‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻣـﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸـﺨﺺ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣـﺎﻱ ‪ .T‬ﻣﻘـﺪﺍﺭ ‪ S1‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ A-2-2‬ﻭ ‪ A-2-4‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A-2-2‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪1‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1A‬ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(a‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺧﺰﺵ‪ S1 ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ %60 (1‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ) ‪38o C (100o F‬‬
‫‪ %60 (2‬ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪T‬‬
‫‪ 1/25 (3‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ %25‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ ،T‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ، II‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪D‬ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ASME‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ I‬ﻳﺎ‪ ،VIII‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 1‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٦١‬‬
‫‪(b‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺧﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ S2‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ T‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴـﻤﺖ ‪II‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ‪D‬ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ، ASME‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺴـﻤﺖ ‪ I‬ﻳـﺎ ‪ ، VIII‬ﺑﺨـﺶ ‪ 1‬ﺫﻛـﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ %60‬ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻴﻠﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(c‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪(d‬ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ) ‪ 37 o C (700o F‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ 1‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(e‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ ‪ ASME‬ﻣﺮﺟـﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﻳﻜـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﻣﻘـﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(f‬ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻧﭽﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ،II‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ D‬ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ ‪ASME‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ III‬ﻳﺎ ‪ VIII‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 2‬ﺫﻛﺮﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪(g‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ،II‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ D‬ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳـﮓ ﺑﺨـﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺠـﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ ‪ASME‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ،III‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 2‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 3‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ I‬ﻳﺎ ‪VIII‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 1‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A-2-3‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ‪3‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 300‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻫـﺎﻱ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ 1A‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ A-2-1‬ﻭ ‪ A-2-2‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻣـﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫‪٢٦٢‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ )‪ A-2-2 (a) (1‬ﻭ)‪ ،A-2-2 (a) (2‬ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻛﺘﻮﺭ ‪ %60‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ‪ %70‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ ،2‬ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ) ‪ 510o C (95o F‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷـﻮﺩﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜـﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔـﺮﻭﻩ ‪،3‬‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺧﺰﺵ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A-2-4‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ -150‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ – ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 150‬ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ A-2-1‬ﻭ ‪ A-2-2‬ﻭ ‪ A -2-3‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ Pm‬ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ )‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 115 ،150‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫـﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ S1‬ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ )‪ MPa(psi‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ T‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎﻱ ‪ A-2-1‬ﻳﺎ ‪ ،A-2-2‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (c‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ،Pt‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ )‪ (psi‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ ،150‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ T‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜـﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ )‪ (4‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪Pt ≤ C2 − C3 T (4‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ‪21/41=C2‬‬
‫‪ 0/03724=C3‬ﺑﺎ ‪ T‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ‪، oC‬ﻛﻪ ‪ pt‬ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪، C3=0/3,C2=320‬ﺑﺎ ‪ T‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ‪ ،oF‬ﻛﻪ ‪ pt‬ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ psi‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪o‬‬
‫‪ =T‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ‪C (oF )،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘــﺪﺍﺭ ‪ T‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟــﻪ )‪ (4‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳــﺪ ﺍﺯ )‪ 538oC(1000oF‬ﻓﺮﺍﺗــﺮ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑــﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘــﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ T‬ﻛﻤﺘــﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫)‪ ، 38oC(100oF‬ﺍﺯ ‪ T‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ )‪ 38oC(100oF‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ )‪ (4‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٦٣‬‬
‫‪ A-3‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ‪ Pc‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ -‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ A-1‬ﻭ ‪ A-2‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ، Pc‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ )‪538c (1000F‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٦٤‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ، Pc‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ )‪1000F (538c‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪B‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫‪٢٦٥‬‬
‫ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪ B-1‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ B-1‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺷـﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕـﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻓـﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻨﮕﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻧﺎﺷـﻲ ﻣـﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪) .‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 5-4‬ﺭﺍﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ B-2‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ)ﻣﺜﻼً ‪ (ASME B16.21‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻫﺮ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺩﺭﺯ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ »ﭘﺎﻛﺖ« ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ )ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ( ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻً ﺍﺯ ﺗﻼﺷﻲ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺹ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﻣﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮﺭﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﻣﺮﺑﺎﺍﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﺎﺭﭘﻴﭽﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫‪٢٦٦‬‬
‫ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺲ ﻳﺎﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺲ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﺲ ﺩﻭﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭﺟﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﺁﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﺗﺨﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻡ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬

‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪C‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫‪F8‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ L‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪LCSB=A+n‬‬
‫‪LCMB=B+n‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ‪ ۶‬ﺿﻠﻌﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻻﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﻃﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ)ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ ۶-١٠-٢‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ(‬
‫‪٢٦٧‬‬
‫‪(a‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪)+n‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻟﭗ( ‪LCSB=A+‬‬
‫‪)+n‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻟﭗ( ‪LCMB=B+‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪)+n‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪LCSB=A-F+ (C-1‬‬
‫‪)+n‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪LCMB=B-F (C-1‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ‬
‫)ﺑﻌﺒــﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕــﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃــﻮﻝ ﭘــﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳــﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺑــﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔــﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻨﻔــﻲ ﺗﻠــﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻃــﻮﻝ‪(n ،‬‬
‫‪A=2(tf+t+d)+G+F-a‬‬
‫‪ =a‬ﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪a=5mm(0/19in) ،‬‬
‫)ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‪B=2(tf+t)+d+G+F+P-(n ،‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪ =d‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ )ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ‪ ASME B182.2 ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ =F‬ﻛﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ (C-2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ 3/0-mm(0/12 in) =G‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻴـﺰ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪) 5‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪(II‬‬
‫‪ =LCMB‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﻞ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ =LCSB‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ)ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ(‬
‫‪ =LSMB‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ )ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﻞ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ( ﻛﻪ ‪ LCMB‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪ )‪ 5-mm(0/25in‬ﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ)ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ C-2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪٢٦٨‬‬
‫‪ =LSSB‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ )ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ‪ LCSB‬ﺗـﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪ )‪ 5-mm(0/25in‬ﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ)ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ C-1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ =n‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ C-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ =P‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ )‪ 1/5‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﮔﺎﻡ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ(‬
‫‪ =t‬ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 7-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ =tf‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ)ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﻭﺳﺮ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﭙﺪ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﭗ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 1500‬ﺗﺎ ‪2500‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪F‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻞ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ]ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ )‪[(1‬‬
‫ﻛﻼﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ‬
‫‪٢٦٩‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪) 8‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ II-8‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ (II‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 4‬ﻭ ‪) 5‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ II-4‬ﻭ ‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪n‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ ،n‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ‪ ASME B18.2.1‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪D‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻱ ‪ ISO9000‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪10 .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻭ ‪ /‬ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫‪F9‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﻬﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺎﻻ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ )‪ (ANSI‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ )‪ (ASQC‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ )‪ (Q‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ )‪ (ISO‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ III‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٧٠‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪E‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 1500 ،900 ، 600 ،400‬ﻭ ‪ 2500‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ E-1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ E-5‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪T‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪٢٧١‬‬
‫‪٢٧٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪) 400‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ(‬
‫‪٢٧٣‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-13‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-2-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﻧـﻮﻳﻲ ﻫـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ﺧـﺎﺹ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ (h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (i‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-12‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪6-2-3‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫـﺎﻱ ‪ 6-2-3‬ﻭ ‪ 6-4-2-2‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒـﺪﻳﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛـﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٧٤‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ – ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳـﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ ﺳـﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﻨـﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳـﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﺸـﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻌـﺪ ‪ R‬ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‬
‫‪٢٧٥‬‬
‫‪ Y‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪T‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﮔﻮﺵ‬
‫‪٢٧٦‬‬
‫‪٢٧٧‬‬
٢٧٨
‫‪T‬‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪ Y‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪٢٧٩‬‬
٢٨٠
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ 0/25‬ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻲ ]ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ )‪[(1‬‬
‫‪٢٨١‬‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﮔﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪٢٨٢‬‬
٢٨٣
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑـﺎ ﻣﻨﻔـﺬ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-2-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺋﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪-5‬‬
‫‪ 6-2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫‪ 6-2-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-2-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-2-3‬ﻭ ‪6-4-2-2‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬـﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧـﻪ ﺍﺳـﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫‪٢٨٤‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒـﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺋﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﮔـﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌـﺪ ‪R‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫‪ -8‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٨٥‬‬
‫‪٢٨٦‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﻼﺱ ‪ 1500‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٨٧‬‬
‫‪٢٨٨‬‬
‫‪٢٨٩‬‬
‫‪٢٩٠‬‬
‫‪(b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩١‬‬
‫‪(d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-17‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑـﺎ ﻣﻨﻔـﺬ‬
‫‪(g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺋﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧـﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫‪ 6-2-5‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(i‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-12‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ‪ -‬ﺗـﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼـﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨـﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌـﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ – ﺗـﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﺗﺒـﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-5-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 6-2-3‬ﻭ ‪-2-2‬‬
‫‪ 6-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬـﺎ‪ -‬ﺗـﺎ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒـﻪ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ‪ -‬ﺗـﺎ – ﻟﺒـﻪ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿـﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴـﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﺷـﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸـﺎﻧﻲ ﻟـﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘـﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩٢‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺋﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳـﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﺷـﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌـﺪ ‪R‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ – ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (7‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﮕﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫‪ (8‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﻛﺸﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩٣‬‬
‫‪٢٩٤‬‬
٢٩٥
‫‪٢٩٦‬‬
‫‪٢٩٧‬‬
٢٩٨
٢٩٩
‫‪(b‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 7‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(d‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-5‬ﻭ ﺟﺪ ﻭﻝ ‪ II-19‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑـﺎ ﻣﻨﻔـﺬ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-2-4‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺋﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺧـﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪-5‬‬
‫‪ 6-2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(h‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(i‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻫﻜﺶ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-12‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪6-2-3‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ – ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ – ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ)ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫـﺎﻱ ‪ 6-2-3‬ﻭ ‪ 6-4-2-2‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒـﺪﻳﻼﺕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ – ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫‪٣٠٠‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻫـﺮ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﺑﻜـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳـﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺋﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸـﺨﺺ ﺷـﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ R‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗـﺎ‪-‬‬
‫‪ (8‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑـﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻨﮕﺮﻫـﺎ ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬ ‫‪T‬‬
‫‪٣٠١‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻧﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫‪٣٠٢‬‬
‫‪ (f‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫‪ (g‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤـﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ‪ -‬ﺗـﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬـﺎﻱ ﺯﺍﻧﻮﺋﻴﻬـﺎﻱ ﺑـﺎ ﺩﺭﺟـﻪ ﺧـﺎﺹ‪،‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪6-2-3‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ‪ 6-2-3‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﭘـﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻫـﺎﻱ ‪ 6-2-3‬ﻭ ‪ 6-4-2-2‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪٣٠٣‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ‪ -‬ﻟﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ -‬ﺗﺎ – ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﻠﻘﻮﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ II-5‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ‪ II‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٠٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ‪ B16‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭼﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻫﻦ ﭼﻜﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﭼﺪﻥ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺳﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ – ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺁﻫﻨﮕﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻮگ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ASME‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺯﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻮگ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ‪1-800-THE-‬‬
‫)‪ ASME(1-800-843-2763‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٠٥‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪ASME‬‬
‫‪ ASME‬ﻣﺘﻌﻬﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋـﺎﺕ ﻓﻨـﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮔـﺮﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋـﻪ ﻛﻨـﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ ﺍﻃﻼﻋـﺎﺗﻲ ‪ASME‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻼﺷﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﺎﺗﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴـﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺠـﺎﻡ ﺩﻫـﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ASME‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ASME‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺁﻣﻮﺯﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪IMechE‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﺪﺕ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺁﺑﻮﻧﻤﺎﻥ‪ /‬ژﻭﺭﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ /‬ﻣﺠﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻛﻨﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﭙﻮﺯﻭﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ؟ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ!‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ‪11‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻔﺮﺳـﺘﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪F10‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻃﻼﻋـﺎﺗﻲ ﻣـﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳـﺖ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟـﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﭙﻲ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٠٦‬‬
‫ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪ 24-‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﻴﻞ ‪ 24-‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ‬ ‫‪ :800-THE-ASME‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫‪973-822-1717‬‬ ‫‪Infocentral@asm‬‬

‫‪e.org‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ‪ ،22‬ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ ‫‪973-822-5155‬‬
‫ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ‪2900‬‬ ‫)‪(800-843 -2763‬‬
‫‪ASME‬‬ ‫‪:95-800-THE-ASME‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺰﻳﻚ‬
‫)‪(95-800-843-2763‬‬
‫‪ :973 -822 -1167‬ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪٣٠٧‬‬

AsmeB16.5 Farsi

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AsmeB16.5 Farsi

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫‪A-PDF Watermark DEMO: Purchase from www.A-PDF.

com to remove the watermark‬‬

‫‪ASME B 16.5 -2003‬‬

‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ‪ /‬ﺍﻳﻨﭻ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ http://cstoos.asme.org‬ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ‪ http://cstools.asme.org‬ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ASME‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺤﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﻌﻬﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﻛﻒ ‪NY 100165990‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬

‫ﻛﭙﻲ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ © ‪ 2009‬ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬

‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳــﺎﻝ ‪ ،1902‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘــﻪ ﺍﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳــﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜــﺎ ]ﺑﻌــﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻬــﺎﻱ ﺍﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺑﻴﺮﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‪ B16 ،‬ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺩﺭ ژﻭﺋﻦ ‪ 1927‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ASA B16 E -1932‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪American standards Associations ٢‬ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪WaR Production Board ٥‬‬

‫‪ ASA B16 .5-1953‬ﺷﺪ‪) .‬ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ‪ B16e‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪(.‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ B16,5 -1957‬ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ANSI B16,5 -1973‬ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ‪ 16‬ژﻭﺋﻦ ‪ 1977‬ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ‪ 7‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ ‪ ،1988‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ ASME/ANSI 16,5 – 1988‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻋﻄﺎ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻨﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻋﻄﺎ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻱ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻋﻄﺎ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺛﺮﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ‪ ، B16‬ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺼﺪﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ‪W.B.Bedesem ،‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ‪M.L.Nayyar ،‬‬

‫ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻫﺎﻳﻨﺰ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺎﺷﻨﺎﻝ ‪M.Katcher,‬‬

‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﻝ ‪W.N.Mcleam,‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻴﺸﺮ‪T.A.MCMahon,‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﭽﻞ ‪M.L.Nayyar,‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ‪J.D.Page,‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﻭ‪W.H.Patrick,‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻛﻨﻲ ﻟﻮﻳﺜﺮ‪R.A.Schmidt,‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻮﻳﻞ ‪H.R.Somderegger,‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺳﺎﻭﺗﺮﻥ ‪D.A.Williams,‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﻛﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺑﻴﻞ ‪W.B.Bedesem,‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﺭﺕ ‪D.F.Buccicone,‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺳﺘﺎﻟﻮﻳﺸﻞ‪A.M.Chata,‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﻮﻝ‪G.A.Cuccio,‬‬

‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺮﻥ ‪C.E.Davila,‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺁﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ‪U.D.Urso,‬‬

‫ﮔﺎﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ‪R.P.Gviffiths,‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ -C‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺎﭘﻴﻚ ‪M.L.Henderson,‬‬

‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ‪C.E.Davila,‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‪A.P.Maslowsli,‬‬

‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﻝ ‪W.N.Mclean,‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﭽﻞ ‪M.L.Nayyar,‬‬